1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55/**
56 * DOC: Station handling
57 *
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
62 * to.
63 *
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
65 * capabilities.
66 *
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
77 *
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
79 */
80
81/**
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
83 *
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
89 *
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
96 * for doing that.
97 *
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
101 *
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
108 *
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
113 *
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
115 * below.
116 */
117
118/**
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
120 *
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
125 *
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
129 *
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
137 *
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
146 *
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
149 */
150
151/**
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
153 *
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
158 *
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
167 *
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
169 * rule.
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
174 */
175
176/**
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
178 *
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
186 *
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
193 *
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
197 */
198
199/**
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
201 *
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
217 *
218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
220 * up a connection or after roaming.
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
227 *
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
235 */
236
237/**
238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
239 *
240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
241 *
242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
243 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
258 *
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
274 *
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
284 *
285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
305 *
306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
318 * frame).
319 *
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
337 *
338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
341 * global regdomain will be returned.
342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
364 *
365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
370 *
371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
376 * added to all specified management frames generated by
377 * kernel/firmware/driver.
378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
384 *
385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
390 * be used.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
394 * partial scan results may be available
395 *
396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
423 * results available.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
431 *
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
433 * or noise level
434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
436 *
437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
444 * ESS.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
448 * authentication.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
450 *
451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
476 * the beacon hint was processed.
477 *
478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
481 * authentication process.
482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
490 * to be added to the frame.
491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
501 * pending authentication timed out).
502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
509 * included).
510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
513 * primitives).
514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
517 *
518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
525 *
526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
535 * determined by the network interface.
536 *
537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
539 * to the driver.
540 *
541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
562 * a different BSS is desired.
563 * Background scan period can optionally be
564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
565 * if not specified default background scan configuration
566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
575 * well to remain backwards compatible.
576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
588 *
589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
591 *
592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
598 * frequency for the operation.
599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
603 * radio).
604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
612 * uniquely identify the request.
613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
615 *
616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
619 *
620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
630 * backward compatibility
631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
648 * is used during CSA period.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
657 * the frame.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
659 * backward compatibility.
660 *
661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
663 *
664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
666 * levels.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
669 * reached.
670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
678 * precedence when they are used.
679 *
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
681 *
682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
694 * command, the feature is disabled.
695 *
696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
697 * mesh config parameters may be given.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
699 * network is determined by the network interface.
700 *
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
707 *
708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
718 * depending on the authentication result.
719 *
720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
725 * more background information, see
726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
733 *
734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
744 *
745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
760 *
761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
765 * is received.
766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
767 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
771 *
772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
776 *
777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
789 *
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
792 *
793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
798 * from the remote AP) is completed;
799 *
800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
807 * interfaces to change channel as well.
808 *
809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
813 * public action frame TX.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
820 * is used for this.
821 *
822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
823 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
824 *
825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
834 *
835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
839 * while operating on this channel.
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
841 * event.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
846 *
847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
849 *
850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
857 * complete.
858 *
859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
860 * return back to normal.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
873 * switch is complete.
874 *
875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
883 *
884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
900 * fail even if the check was successful.
901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
909 *
910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
913 * network is determined by the network interface.
914 *
915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
922 * AP.
923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
925 * when this command completes.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
929 * management.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
933 * cfg80211_scan_done().
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
939 * cluster. This command must have a valid
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
944 * added.
945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
951 * of the function upon success.
952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
956 * which just terminated.
957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
959 * the response to this command.
960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
976 *
977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
982 *
983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
989 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
996 *
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1002 * 802.11 headers.
1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1007 *
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1016 *
1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1025 * command interface.
1026 *
1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1030 *
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1035 *
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1037 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1038 *
1039 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1040 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1042 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1043 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1044 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1045 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1046 * the netlink extended ack message.
1047 *
1048 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1049 *
1050 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1051 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1052 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1053 * buffer size.
1054 *
1055 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1056 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1058 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1059 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1060 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1061 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1062 *
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1064 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1065 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1066 * determining the width and type.
1067 *
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1069 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1070 */
1071enum nl80211_commands {
1072/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1073 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1074
1075 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1076 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1077 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1078 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1079
1080 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1081 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1082 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1083 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1084
1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1087 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1088 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1089
1090 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1091 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1092 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1093 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1094 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1095 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1096
1097 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1098 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1099 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1100 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1101
1102 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1103 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1104 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1105 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1106
1107 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1108
1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1110 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1111
1112 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1113 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1114
1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1116
1117 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1118
1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1120 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1121 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1122 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1123
1124 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1125
1126 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1127 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1128 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1129 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1130
1131 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1132
1133 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1134
1135 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1136 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1137
1138 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1141 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1142 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1143
1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1145
1146 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1148
1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1150 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1151 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1154 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1155
1156 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1157
1158 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1159 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1160 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1161 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1162 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1163 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1164
1165 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1166 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1167
1168 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1169 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1173
1174 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1175
1176 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1177 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1180 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1183
1184 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1186
1187 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1188 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1189 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1190 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1193
1194 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1195
1196 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1197 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1198
1199 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1200
1201 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1202
1203 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1204
1205 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1210
1211 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1212 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1213
1214 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1215
1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1217
1218 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1219
1220 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1221
1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1223
1224 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1225 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1226
1227 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1228 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1229
1230 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1232
1233 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1240 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1241
1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1243
1244 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1245 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1248
1249 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1250 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1253
1254 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1255
1256 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1257 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1258 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1259 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1260 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1261 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1262
1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1264
1265 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1266
1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1268 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1269
1270 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1271
1272 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1273
1274 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1275
1276 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1277
1278 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1279
1280 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1281
1282 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1283 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1284 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1285
1286 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1287
1288 /* add new commands above here */
1289
1290 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1291 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1292 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1293};
1294
1295/*
1296 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1297 * here
1298 */
1299#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1300#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1301#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1302#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1303#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1304#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1305#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1306#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1307
1308#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1309
1310/* source-level API compatibility */
1311#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1312#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1313#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1314
1315/**
1316 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1317 *
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1319 *
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1321 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1325 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1326 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1327 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1328 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1330 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1331 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1333 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1335 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1337 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1338 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1339 * this attribute)
1340 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1341 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1342 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1343 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1345 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1346 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1348 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1349 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1351 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1352 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1354 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1355 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1357 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1358 *
1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1364 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1365 *
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1367 *
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1369 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1370 * keys
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1373 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1375 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1378 * default management key
1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1380 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1382 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1383 *
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1388 *
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1391 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1393 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1395 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1396 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1398 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1400 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1401 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1402 *
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1404 * consisting of a nested array.
1405 *
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1408 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1411 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1412 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1413 *
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1415 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1416 *
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1418 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1419 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1420 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1421 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1422 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1423 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1424 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1425 * to a specific alpha2.
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1427 * rules.
1428 *
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1431 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1433 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1435 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1436 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1437 *
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1439 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1440 *
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1442 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1443 * of the interface mode.
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1446 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1447 *
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1449 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1450 *
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1452 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1454 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1456 * that can be added to a scan request
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1458 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1460 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1461 *
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1464 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1466 *
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1468 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1470 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1471 *
1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1473 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1474 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1475 *
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1477 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1478 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1481 * represented as a u32
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1483 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1484 *
1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1486 * a u32
1487 *
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1489 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1490 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1491 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1492 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1494 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1495 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1496 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1497 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1498 *
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1500 * cipher suites
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1503 * for other networks on different channels
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1506 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1507 *
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1509 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1510 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1511 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1512 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1513 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1514 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1515 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1516 *
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1518 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1519 *
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1521 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1522 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1523 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1524 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1525 * default in station mode.
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1527 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1528 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1529 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1530 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1531 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1533 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1534 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1536 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1537 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1538 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1539 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1540 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1541 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1542 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1543 * flag.
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1546 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1547 *
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1549 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1550 * a local disconnect request.
1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1552 * event (u16)
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1554 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1555 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1556 *
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1558 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1559 * (an array of u32).
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1561 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1562 * u32).
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1564 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1565 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1567 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1568 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1569 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1570 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1571 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1572 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1573 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1574 *
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1576 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1578 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1579 *
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1581 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1582 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1583 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1584 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1585 *
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1587 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1589 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1590 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1591 *
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1593 *
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1595 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1596 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1597 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1598 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1599 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1600 * completely from scratch.
1601 *
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1603 *
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1605 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1606 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1607 *
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1610 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1614 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1615 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1616 *
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1618 *
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1620 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1621 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1622 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1623 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1624 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1625 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1626 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1627 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1628 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1629 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1630 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1633 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1635 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1637 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1638 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1639 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1641 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1642 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1645 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1646 *
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1648 *
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1650 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1653 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1654 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1655 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1656 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1659 * connected to this BSS.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1662 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1664 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1665 * for non-automatic settings.
1666 *
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1668 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1669 *
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1671 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1672 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1673 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1674 *
1675 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1676 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1677 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1678 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1679 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1680 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1681 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1682 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1683 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1684 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1687 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1688 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1689 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1690 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1693 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1694 *
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1696 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1701 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1702 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1703 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1704 * nl80211 capability flag.
1705 *
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1709 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1710 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1713 * changed once the mesh is active.
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1715 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1717 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1718 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1720 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1721 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1722 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1725 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1727 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1728 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1729 * triggers.
1730 *
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1732 * cycles, in msecs.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1735 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1736 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1737 * pass-thru filter rules.
1738 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1739 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1740 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1741 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1742 * able to ignore them by itself.
1743 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1744 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1745 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1746 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1747 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1748 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1749 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1750 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1753 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1754 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1756 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1757 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1758 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1759 *
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1761 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1762 *
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1764 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1765 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1766 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1769 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1770 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1771 *
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1773 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1774 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1775 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1777 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1778 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1779 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1780 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1783 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1785 * as AP.
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1788 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1791 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1794 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1795 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1796 * applications use this attribute.
1797 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1798 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1799 *
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1801 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1802 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1804 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1806 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1808 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1810 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1811 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1812 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1815 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1816 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1817 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1820 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1821 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1822 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1825 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1827 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1828 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1829 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1830 *
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1832 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1833 * to be filled by the FW.
1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1835 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1837 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1838 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1839 * The values that may be configured are:
1840 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1841 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1842 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1843 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1844 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1845 *
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1847 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1848 * to one DFS region.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1851 * up to 16 TIDs.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1854 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1855 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1856 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1857 * capability to timeout the stations.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1860 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1861 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1862 *
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1864 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1867 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1868 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1869 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1870 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1871 *
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1873 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1874 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1875 *
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1877 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1878 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1879 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1880 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1881 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1882 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1883 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1884 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1885 * consistent.
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1888 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1893 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1895 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1896 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1897 * no change is made.
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1900 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1901 *
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1903 * carried in a u32 attribute
1904 *
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1906 * MAC ACL.
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1909 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1910 * ACL.
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1913 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1916 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1917 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1919 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1922 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1923 *
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1925 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1926 * and PU-APSD.
1927 *
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1929 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1930 *
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1932 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1933 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1936 *
1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1938 * Element
1939 *
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1941 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1943 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1946 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1947 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1948 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1949 *
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1953 * until the channel switch event.
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1955 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1956 * operation).
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1958 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1960 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1962 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1965 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1966 *
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1970 * supported operating classes.
1971 *
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1973 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1974 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1975 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1976 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1977 * IBSS network.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1980 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1982 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1983 *
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1985 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1986 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1987 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1988 * u8 attribute.
1989 *
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1991 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1994 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1996 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1999 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2000 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2004 *
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2006 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2007 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2008 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2009 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2010 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2013 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2015 * supported number of csa counters.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2018 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2019 *
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2021 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2022 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2023 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2024 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2025 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2026 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2027 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2028 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2029 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2030 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2031 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2032 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2033 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2034 * multicast group.
2035 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2036 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2037 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2038 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2039 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2040 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2041 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2042 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2045 * the TDLS link initiator.
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2048 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2049 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2050 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2051 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2052 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2053 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2054 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2055 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2056 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2057 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2058 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2059 *
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2061 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2062 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2063 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2064 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2065 *
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2069 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2070 *
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2072 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2073 *
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2075 *
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2077 *
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2079 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2080 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2081 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2082 *
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2084 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2085 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2086 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2087 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2088 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2089 *
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2091 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2092 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2093 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2094 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2095 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2096 * over all channels.
2097 *
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2099 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2100 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2101 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2102
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2104 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2105 *
2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2107 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2109 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2111 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2113 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2114 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2115 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2116 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2117 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2119 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2120 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2121 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2123 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2124 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2125 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2126 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2127 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2128 *
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2130 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2131 *
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2133 *
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2135 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2136 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2137 * interface type.
2138 *
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2140 * groupID for monitor mode.
2141 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2142 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2143 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2144 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2145 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2146 * each group.
2147 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2148 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2149 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2150 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2151 * groupID data.
2152 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2154 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2155 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2156 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2157 *
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2159 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2160 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2161 * attribute must not be included).
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2163 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2165 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2166 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2167 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2168 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2170 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2171 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2172 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2175 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2176 *
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2178 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2179 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2180 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2181 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2183 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2184 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2185 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2186 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2187 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2188 * the device will decide what to use.
2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2190 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2191 * attribute.
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2193 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2195 * protection.
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2197 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2198 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2199 *
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2201 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2202 *
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2204 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2205 *
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2207 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2208 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2209 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2210 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2211 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2212 * unnecessary wakeups.
2213 *
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2215 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2216 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2217 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2218 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2219 *
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2221 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2222 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2223 *
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2225 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2226 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2229 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2230 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2231 *
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2233 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2234 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2235 *
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2237 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2238 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2239 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2240 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2241 *
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2243 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2245 *
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2247 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2248 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2249 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2250 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2251 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2254 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2256 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2257 *
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2259 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2260 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2263 *
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2265 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2266 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2267 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2269 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2270 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2271 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2272 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2275 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2276 *
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2278 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2280 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2282 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2283 * enforced.
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2285 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2287 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2288 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2291 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2292 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2293 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2294 *
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2296 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2297 *
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2299 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2300 * invalid value.
2301 *
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2303 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2304 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2305 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2306 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2307 *
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2309 * scheduler.
2310 *
2311 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2313 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2314 */
2315enum nl80211_attrs {
2316/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2317 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2318
2319 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2320 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2321
2322 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2323 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2324 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2325
2326 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2327
2328 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2329 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2330 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2331 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2332 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2333
2334 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2335 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2336 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2337 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2340 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2341 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2343 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2344 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2351 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2352 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2354
2355 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2356 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2358
2359 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2360
2361 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2364 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2365
2366 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2371 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2372 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2375
2376 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2378
2379 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2380
2381 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2383 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2384 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2385
2386 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2387 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2390
2391 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2392 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2393 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2395
2396 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2397
2398 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2400
2401 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2405
2406
2407 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2410 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2411
2412 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2426
2427 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2428 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2433 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2436
2437 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2443
2444 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2460
2461 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2462
2463 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2464
2465 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2466
2467 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2470 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2473 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2474 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2478
2479 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2480
2481 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2482 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2483
2484 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2485
2486 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2489
2490 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2491
2492 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2493
2494 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2495
2496 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2501
2502 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2508 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2509
2510 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2514
2515 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2516
2517 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2518
2519 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2520 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2521
2522 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2523 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2524
2525 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2526
2527 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2529
2530 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2537 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2539
2540 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2541
2542 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2545
2546 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2551
2552 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2556
2557 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2562
2563 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2564
2565 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2566
2567 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2568
2569 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2587
2588 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2589
2590 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2594
2595 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2597
2598 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2600
2601 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2602 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2603
2604 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2606
2607 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2608 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2609
2610 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2611
2612 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2613
2614 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2616 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2618 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2619
2620 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2623
2624 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2630
2631 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2632
2633 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2642
2643 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2644
2645 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2648
2649 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2651
2652 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2653
2654 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2655
2656 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2657
2658 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2661
2662 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2663
2664 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2665
2666 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2667
2668 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2669
2670 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2671
2672 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2673
2674 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2675
2676 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2677
2678 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2679
2680 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2684
2685 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2686
2687 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2688
2689 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2690
2691 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2694
2695 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2696 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2697
2698 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2702
2703 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2706 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2709
2710 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2711 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2712
2713 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2714
2715 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2716
2717 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2718 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2719
2720 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2721
2722 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2723 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2727
2728 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2729
2730 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2732
2733 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2734 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2736
2737 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2738 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2739
2740 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2742
2743 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2744
2745 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2746 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2748 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2749
2750 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2755
2756 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2757
2758 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2759
2760 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2761
2762 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2763
2764 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2765 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2767};
2768
2769/* source-level API compatibility */
2770#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2771#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2772#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2773#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2774
2775/*
2776 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2777 * here
2778 */
2779#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2780#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2781#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2782#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2783#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2784#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2785#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2786#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2787#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2788#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2789#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2790#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2791#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2792#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2793#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2794#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2795#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2796#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2797#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2798#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2799#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2800
2801#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2802
2803#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2804#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2805#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2806#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2807#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2808#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2809#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2810#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2811#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2812#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
2813#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2814#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2815
2816#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2817
2818/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2819#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2820
2821#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2822
2823/**
2824 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2825 *
2826 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2827 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2828 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2829 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2830 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2831 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2832 * AP type interface.
2833 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2834 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2835 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2836 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2837 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2838 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2839 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2840 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2841 * commands to create and destroy one
2842 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2843 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2844 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2845 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2846 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2847 *
2848 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2849 * to set the type of an interface.
2850 *
2851 */
2852enum nl80211_iftype {
2853 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2854 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2855 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2856 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2857 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2858 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2859 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2860 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2861 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2862 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2863 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2864 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2865 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2866
2867 /* keep last */
2868 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2869 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2870};
2871
2872/**
2873 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2874 *
2875 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2876 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2877 *
2878 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2879 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2880 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2881 * with short barker preamble
2882 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2883 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2884 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2885 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2886 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2887 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2888 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2889 * as errors.)
2890 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2891 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2892 * previously added station into associated state
2893 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2894 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2895 */
2896enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2897 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2898 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2899 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2900 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2901 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2902 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2903 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2904 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2905
2906 /* keep last */
2907 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2908 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2909};
2910
2911/**
2912 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2913 *
2914 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2915 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2916 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2917 */
2918enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2919 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2920 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2921
2922 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2923};
2924
2925#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2926
2927/**
2928 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2929 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2930 * @set: which values to set them to
2931 *
2932 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2933 */
2934struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2935 __u32 mask;
2936 __u32 set;
2937} __attribute__((packed));
2938
2939/**
2940 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
2941 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
2942 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
2943 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
2944 */
2945enum nl80211_he_gi {
2946 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
2947 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
2948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
2949};
2950
2951/**
2952 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
2953 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
2954 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
2955 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
2956 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
2957 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
2958 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
2959 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
2960 */
2961enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
2962 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
2963 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
2964 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
2965 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
2966 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
2967 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
2968 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
2969};
2970
2971/**
2972 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2973 *
2974 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2975 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2976 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2977 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2978 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2979 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2980 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2981 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2982 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2983 *
2984 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2985 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2986 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2987 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2992 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2993 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2994 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2995 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2996 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2997 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2998 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2999 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3000 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3001 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3002 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3003 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3004 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3005 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3006 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3009 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3010 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3011 */
3012enum nl80211_rate_info {
3013 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3014 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3015 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3016 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3017 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3018 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3019 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3020 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3031
3032 /* keep last */
3033 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3034 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3035};
3036
3037/**
3038 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3039 *
3040 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3041 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3042 *
3043 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3044 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3045 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3046 * (flag)
3047 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3048 * (flag)
3049 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3050 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3051 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3052 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3053 */
3054enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3055 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3056 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3057 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3058 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3059 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3060 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3061
3062 /* keep last */
3063 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3064 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3065};
3066
3067/**
3068 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3069 *
3070 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3071 * when getting information about a station.
3072 *
3073 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3074 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3075 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3076 * (u32, from this station)
3077 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3078 * (u32, to this station)
3079 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3080 * (u64, from this station)
3081 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3082 * (u64, to this station)
3083 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3084 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3085 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3086 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3087 * (u32, from this station)
3088 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3089 * (u32, to this station)
3090 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3091 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3092 * (u32, to this station)
3093 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3094 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3095 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3096 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3097 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3098 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3099 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3100 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3101 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3102 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3103 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3104 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3105 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3106 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3107 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3108 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3109 * non-peer STA
3110 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3111 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3112 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3113 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3114 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3115 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3116 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3117 * (u64)
3118 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3119 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3120 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3121 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3122 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3123 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3124 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3125 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3126 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3127 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3130 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3132 * (u32, from this station)
3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3134 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3135 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3136 * might not be fully accurate.
3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3138 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3139 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3140 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3141 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3142 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3143 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3144 */
3145enum nl80211_sta_info {
3146 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3147 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3148 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3149 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3150 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3151 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3152 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3153 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3154 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3155 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3156 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3157 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3158 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3159 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3160 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3161 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3162 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3163 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3164 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3165 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3166 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3167 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3168 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3169 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3170 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3171 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3172 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3173 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3174 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3175 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3176 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3177 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3178 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3179 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3180 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3181 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3182 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3183 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3184 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3185 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3186 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3187
3188 /* keep last */
3189 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3190 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3191};
3192
3193/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3194#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3195
3196
3197/**
3198 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3199 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3200 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3201 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3202 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3203 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3204 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3205 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3206 * MSDUs (u64)
3207 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3208 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3209 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3210 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3211 */
3212enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3213 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3214 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3215 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3216 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3217 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3218 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3219 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3220
3221 /* keep last */
3222 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3223 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3224};
3225
3226/**
3227 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3228 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3229 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3230 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3231 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3232 * backlogged
3233 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3234 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3235 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3236 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3237 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3238 * (only for per-phy stats)
3239 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3240 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3241 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3242 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3243 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3244 */
3245enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3246 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3247 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3248 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3249 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3250 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3251 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3252 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3253 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3254 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3255 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3256 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3257 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3258
3259 /* keep last */
3260 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3261 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3262};
3263
3264/**
3265 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3266 *
3267 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3268 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3269 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3270 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3271 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3272 */
3273enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3274 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3275 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3276 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3277 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3278 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3279};
3280
3281/**
3282 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3283 *
3284 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3285 * information about a mesh path.
3286 *
3287 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3288 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3289 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3290 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3291 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3292 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3293 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3294 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3295 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3296 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3297 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3298 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3299 * currently defined
3300 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3301 */
3302enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3303 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3304 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3305 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3306 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3307 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3308 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3309 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3310 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3311 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3312 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3313
3314 /* keep last */
3315 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3316 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3317};
3318
3319/**
3320 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3321 *
3322 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3323 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3324 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3325 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3326 * capabilities IE
3327 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3328 * capabilities IE
3329 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3330 * capabilities IE
3331 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3332 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3333 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3334 * defined
3335 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3336 */
3337enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3338 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3339
3340 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3341 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3342 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3343 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3344 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3345
3346 /* keep last */
3347 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3348 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3349};
3350
3351/**
3352 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3353 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3354 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3355 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3356 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3357 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3358 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3359 * defined in 802.11n
3360 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3361 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3362 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3363 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3364 * defined in 802.11ac
3365 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3366 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3367 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3368 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3369 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3370 */
3371enum nl80211_band_attr {
3372 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3373 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3374 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3375
3376 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3377 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3378 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3379 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3380
3381 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3382 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3383 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3384
3385 /* keep last */
3386 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3387 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3388};
3389
3390#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3391
3392/**
3393 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3394 *
3395 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3396 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3397 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3398 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3399 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3400 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3401 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3402 */
3403enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3404 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3405 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3406 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3407 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3408 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3409
3410 /* keep last */
3411 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3412 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3413};
3414
3415/**
3416 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3417 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3418 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3419 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3420 * regulatory domain.
3421 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3422 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3423 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3424 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3425 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3426 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3427 * (100 * dBm).
3428 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3429 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3430 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3431 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3432 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3433 * channel as the control channel
3434 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3435 * channel as the control channel
3436 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3437 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3438 * this includes 80+80 channels
3439 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3440 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3441 * isn't possible
3442 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3443 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3444 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3445 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3446 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3447 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3448 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3449 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3450 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3451 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3452 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3453 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3454 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3455 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3456 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3457 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3458 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3459 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3460 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3461 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3462 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3463 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3464 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3465 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3466 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3467 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3468 * currently defined
3469 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3470 *
3471 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3472 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3473 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3474 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3475 */
3476enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3477 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3478 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3479 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3480 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3481 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3482 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3483 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3484 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3485 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3486 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3487 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3488 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3489 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3490 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3491 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3492 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3493 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3494 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3495 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3496
3497 /* keep last */
3498 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3499 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3500};
3501
3502#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3503#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3504#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3505#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3506#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3507 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3508
3509/**
3510 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3511 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3512 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3513 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3514 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3515 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3516 * currently defined
3517 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3518 */
3519enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3520 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3521 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3522 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3523
3524 /* keep last */
3525 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3526 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3527};
3528
3529/**
3530 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3531 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3532 * regulatory domain.
3533 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3534 * regulatory domain.
3535 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3536 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3537 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3538 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3539 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3540 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3541 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3542 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3543 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3544 */
3545enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3546 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3547 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3548 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3549 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3550};
3551
3552/**
3553 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3554 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3555 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3556 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3557 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3558 * domain.
3559 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3560 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3561 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3562 * them to be applied.
3563 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3564 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3565 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3566 * domain request to be processed.
3567 */
3568enum nl80211_reg_type {
3569 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3570 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3571 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3572 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3573};
3574
3575/**
3576 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3577 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3578 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3579 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3580 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3581 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3582 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3583 * band edge.
3584 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3585 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3586 * band edge.
3587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3588 * frequency range, in KHz.
3589 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3590 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3591 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3592 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3593 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3594 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3595 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3596 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3597 * currently defined
3598 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3599 */
3600enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3601 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3602 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3603
3604 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3605 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3606 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3607
3608 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3609 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3610
3611 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3612
3613 /* keep last */
3614 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3615 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3616};
3617
3618/**
3619 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3620 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3621 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3622 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3623 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3624 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3625 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3626 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3627 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3628 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3629 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3630 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3631 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3632 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3633 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3634 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3635 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3636 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3637 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3638 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3639 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3640 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3641 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3642 * attribute number currently defined
3643 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3644 */
3645enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3646 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3647
3648 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3649 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3650 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3651 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3652 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3653
3654 /* keep last */
3655 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3656 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3657 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3658};
3659
3660/* only for backward compatibility */
3661#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3662
3663/**
3664 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3665 *
3666 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3667 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3668 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3669 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3670 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3671 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3672 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3673 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3674 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3675 * beaconing.
3676 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3677 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3678 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3679 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3680 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3681 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3682 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3683 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3684 */
3685enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3686 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3687 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3688 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3689 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3690 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3691 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3692 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3693 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3694 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3695 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3696 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3697 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3698 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3699 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3700 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3701};
3702
3703#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3704#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3705#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3706#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3707 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3708#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3709
3710/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3711#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3712
3713/**
3714 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3715 *
3716 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3717 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3718 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3719 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3720 */
3721enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3722 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3723 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3724 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3725 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3726};
3727
3728/**
3729 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3730 *
3731 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3732 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3733 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3734 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3735 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3736 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3737 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3738 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3739 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3740 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3741 * supported feature.
3742 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3743 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3744 */
3745enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3746 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3747 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3748 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3749};
3750
3751/**
3752 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3753 *
3754 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3755 * when getting information about a survey.
3756 *
3757 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3758 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3759 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3760 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3761 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3762 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3763 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3764 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3765 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3766 * channel was sensed busy
3767 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3768 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3769 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3770 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3771 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3772 * (on this channel or globally)
3773 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3774 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3775 * currently defined
3776 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3777 */
3778enum nl80211_survey_info {
3779 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3780 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3781 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3782 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3783 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3784 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3785 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3786 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3787 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3788 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3789 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3790
3791 /* keep last */
3792 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3793 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3794};
3795
3796/* keep old names for compatibility */
3797#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3798#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3799#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3800#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3801#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3802
3803/**
3804 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3805 *
3806 * Monitor configuration flags.
3807 *
3808 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3809 *
3810 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3811 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3812 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3813 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3814 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3815 * overrides all other flags.
3816 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3817 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3818 *
3819 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3820 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3821 */
3822enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3823 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3824 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3825 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3826 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3827 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3828 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3829 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3830
3831 /* keep last */
3832 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3833 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3834};
3835
3836/**
3837 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3838 *
3839 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3840 * not known or has not been set yet.
3841 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3842 * in Awake state all the time.
3843 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3844 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3845 * neighbor's beacons.
3846 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3847 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3848 * for neighbor's beacons.
3849 *
3850 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3851 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3852 */
3853
3854enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3855 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3856 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3857 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3858 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3859
3860 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3861 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3862};
3863
3864/**
3865 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3866 *
3867 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3868 * active.
3869 *
3870 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3871 *
3872 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3873 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3874 *
3875 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3876 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3877 *
3878 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3879 * millisecond units
3880 *
3881 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3882 * on this mesh interface
3883 *
3884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3885 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3886 * mesh
3887 *
3888 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3889 * point.
3890 *
3891 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3892 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3893 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3894 * set.
3895 *
3896 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3897 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3898 * target)
3899 *
3900 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3901 * (in milliseconds)
3902 *
3903 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3904 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3905 *
3906 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3907 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3908 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3909 *
3910 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3911 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3912 * reference element
3913 *
3914 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3915 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3916 * mesh
3917 *
3918 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3919 *
3920 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3921 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3922 *
3923 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3924 * root announcements are transmitted.
3925 *
3926 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3927 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3928 * Announcement frames.
3929 *
3930 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3931 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3932 * PERR element.
3933 *
3934 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3935 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3936 *
3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3938 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3939 * a peer link.
3940 *
3941 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3942 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3943 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3944 *
3945 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3946 *
3947 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3948 *
3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3950 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3951 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3952 *
3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3954 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3955 *
3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3957 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3958 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3959 *
3960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3961 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3962 *
3963 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3964 *
3965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3966 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3967 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3968 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3969 *
3970 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
3971 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
3972 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
3973 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
3974 *
3975 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3976 */
3977enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3978 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3979 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3980 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3981 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3982 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3983 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3984 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3985 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3986 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3987 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3988 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3989 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3990 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3991 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3992 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3993 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3994 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3995 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3996 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3997 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3998 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3999 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4000 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4001 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4002 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4003 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4004 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4005 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4006 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4007 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4008
4009 /* keep last */
4010 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4011 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4012};
4013
4014/**
4015 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4016 *
4017 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4018 * changed while the mesh is active.
4019 *
4020 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4021 *
4022 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4023 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4024 * default HWMP.
4025 *
4026 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4027 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4028 * metric.
4029 *
4030 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4031 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4032 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4033 * metrics in use.
4034 *
4035 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4036 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4037 *
4038 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4039 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4040 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4041 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4042 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4043 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4044 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4045 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4046 * userspace daemon.
4047 *
4048 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4049 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4050 * neighbor offset synchronization
4051 *
4052 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4053 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4054 *
4055 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4056 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4057 * Default is no authentication method required.
4058 *
4059 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4060 *
4061 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4062 */
4063enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4064 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4065 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4066 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4067 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4068 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4069 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4070 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4071 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4072 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4073
4074 /* keep last */
4075 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4076 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4077};
4078
4079/**
4080 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4081 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4082 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4083 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4084 * disabled
4085 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4086 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4087 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4088 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4089 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4090 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4091 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4092 */
4093enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4094 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4095 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4096 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4097 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4098 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4099 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4100
4101 /* keep last */
4102 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4103 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4104};
4105
4106enum nl80211_ac {
4107 NL80211_AC_VO,
4108 NL80211_AC_VI,
4109 NL80211_AC_BE,
4110 NL80211_AC_BK,
4111 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4112};
4113
4114/* backward compat */
4115#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4116#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4117#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4118#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4119#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4120
4121/**
4122 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4123 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4124 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4125 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4126 * below the control channel
4127 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4128 * above the control channel
4129 */
4130enum nl80211_channel_type {
4131 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4132 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4133 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4134 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4135};
4136
4137/**
4138 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4139 *
4140 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4141 * attribute.
4142 *
4143 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4144 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4145 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4146 * attribute must be provided as well
4147 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4148 * attribute must be provided as well
4149 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4150 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4151 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4152 * attribute must be provided as well
4153 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4154 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4155 */
4156enum nl80211_chan_width {
4157 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4158 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4159 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4160 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4161 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4162 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4163 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4164 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4165};
4166
4167/**
4168 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4169 *
4170 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4171 *
4172 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4173 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4174 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4175 */
4176enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4177 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4178 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4179 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4180};
4181
4182/**
4183 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4184 *
4185 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4186 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4187 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4188 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4189 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4190 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4191 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4192 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4193 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4194 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4195 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4196 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4197 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4198 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4199 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4200 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4201 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4202 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4203 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4204 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4205 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4206 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4207 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4208 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4209 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4210 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4211 * yet been received
4212 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4213 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4214 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4215 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4216 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4217 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4218 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4219 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4220 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4221 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4222 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4223 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4224 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4225 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4226 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4227 * is set.
4228 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4229 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4230 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4231 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4232 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4233 */
4234enum nl80211_bss {
4235 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4236 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4237 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4238 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4239 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4240 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4241 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4242 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4243 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4244 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4245 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4246 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4247 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4248 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4249 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4250 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4251 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4252 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4253 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4254 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4255
4256 /* keep last */
4257 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4258 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4259};
4260
4261/**
4262 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4263 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4264 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4265 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4266 * a given BSS.
4267 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4268 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4269 *
4270 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4271 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4272 */
4273enum nl80211_bss_status {
4274 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4275 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4276 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4277};
4278
4279/**
4280 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4281 *
4282 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4283 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4284 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4285 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4286 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4287 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4288 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4289 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4290 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4291 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4292 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4293 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4294 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4295 */
4296enum nl80211_auth_type {
4297 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4298 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4299 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4300 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4301 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4302 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4303 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4304 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4305
4306 /* keep last */
4307 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4308 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4309 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4310};
4311
4312/**
4313 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4314 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4315 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4316 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4317 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4318 */
4319enum nl80211_key_type {
4320 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4321 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4322 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4323
4324 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4325};
4326
4327/**
4328 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4329 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4330 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4331 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4332 */
4333enum nl80211_mfp {
4334 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4335 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4336 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4337};
4338
4339enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4340 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4341 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4342};
4343
4344/**
4345 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4346 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4347 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4348 * unicast key
4349 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4350 * multicast key
4351 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4352 */
4353enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4354 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4355 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4356 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4357
4358 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4359};
4360
4361/**
4362 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4363 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4364 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4365 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4366 * keys
4367 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4368 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4369 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4370 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4371 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4372 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4373 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4374 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4375 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4376 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4377 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4378 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4379 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4380 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4381 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4382 */
4383enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4384 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4385 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4386 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4387 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4388 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4389 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4390 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4391 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4392 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4393
4394 /* keep last */
4395 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4396 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4397};
4398
4399/**
4400 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4401 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4402 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4403 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4404 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4405 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4406 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4407 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4408 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4409 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4410 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4411 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4412 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4413 */
4414enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4415 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4416 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4417 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4418 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4419 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4420
4421 /* keep last */
4422 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4423 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4424};
4425
4426#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4427#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4428
4429/**
4430 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4431 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4432 */
4433struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4434 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4435};
4436
4437enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4438 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4439 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4440 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4441};
4442
4443/**
4444 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4445 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4446 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4447 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4448 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4449 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4450 */
4451enum nl80211_band {
4452 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4453 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4454 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4455
4456 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4457};
4458
4459/**
4460 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4461 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4462 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4463 */
4464enum nl80211_ps_state {
4465 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4466 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4467};
4468
4469/**
4470 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4471 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4472 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4473 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4474 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4475 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4476 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4477 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4479 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4480 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4481 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4482 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4483 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4484 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4485 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4486 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4487 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4488 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4489 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4490 * checked.
4491 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4492 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4493 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4494 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4496 * loss event
4497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4498 * RSSI threshold event.
4499 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4500 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4501 */
4502enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4503 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4504 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4505 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4506 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4507 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4508 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4509 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4510 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4511 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4512 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4513
4514 /* keep last */
4515 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4516 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4517};
4518
4519/**
4520 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4521 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4522 * configured threshold
4523 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4524 * configured threshold
4525 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4526 */
4527enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4528 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4529 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4530 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4531};
4532
4533
4534/**
4535 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4536 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4537 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4538 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4539 */
4540enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4541 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4542 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4543 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4544};
4545
4546/**
4547 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4548 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4549 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4550 * a zero bit are ignored
4551 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4552 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4553 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4554 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4555 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4556 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4557 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4558 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4559 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4560 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4561 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4562 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4563 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4564 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4565 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4566 */
4567enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4568 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4569 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4570 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4571 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4572
4573 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4574 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4575};
4576
4577/**
4578 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4579 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4580 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4581 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4582 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4583 *
4584 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4585 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4586 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4587 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4588 * by the kernel to userspace.
4589 */
4590struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4591 __u32 max_patterns;
4592 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4593 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4594 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4595} __attribute__((packed));
4596
4597/* only for backward compatibility */
4598#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4599#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4600#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4601#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4602#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4603#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4604#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4605
4606/**
4607 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4608 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4609 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4610 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4611 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4612 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4613 * any others are even supported by the device.
4614 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4615 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4616 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4617 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4618 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4619 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4620 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4621 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4622 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4623 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4624 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4625 *
4626 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4627 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4628 *
4629 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4630 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4631 * to the kernel when configuring.
4632 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4633 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4634 * by the device (flag)
4635 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4636 * done by the device) (flag)
4637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4638 * packet (flag)
4639 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4640 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4641 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4642 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4643 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4644 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4645 * attribute contains the original length.
4646 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4647 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4648 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4649 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4650 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4651 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4652 * contains the original length.
4653 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4654 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4655 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4656 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4657 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4658 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4659 * the TCP connection.
4660 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4661 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4662 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4663 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4664 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4665 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4666 * service
4667 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4668 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4669 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4670 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4671 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4672 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4673 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4674 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4675 * supported by the driver (u32).
4676 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4677 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4678 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4679 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4680 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4681 * occurred.
4682 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4683 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4684 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4685 * these attributes must be present. If
4686 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4687 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4688 * channel.
4689 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4690 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4691 *
4692 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4693 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4694 */
4695enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4696 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4697 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4698 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4699 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4700 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4701 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4702 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4703 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4704 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4705 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4706 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4707 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4708 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4709 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4710 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4711 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4712 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4713 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4714 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4715 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4716
4717 /* keep last */
4718 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4719 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4720};
4721
4722/**
4723 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4724 *
4725 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4726 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4727 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4728 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4729 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4730 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4731 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4732 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4733 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4734 *
4735 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4736 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4737 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4738 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4739 * also woken up.
4740 *
4741 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4742 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4743 */
4744
4745/**
4746 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4747 * @start: starting value
4748 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4749 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4750 *
4751 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4752 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4753 * in little endian.
4754 */
4755struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4756 __u32 start, offset, len;
4757};
4758
4759/**
4760 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4761 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4762 * @len: length of each token
4763 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4764 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4765 */
4766struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4767 __u32 offset, len;
4768 __u8 token_stream[];
4769};
4770
4771/**
4772 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4773 * @min_len: minimum token length
4774 * @max_len: maximum token length
4775 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4776 */
4777struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4778 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4779};
4780
4781/**
4782 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4783 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4784 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4785 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4786 * (in network byte order)
4787 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4788 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4789 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4790 * might require ARP querying.
4791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4792 * socket and port will be allocated
4793 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4795 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4796 * of the data payload.
4797 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4798 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4799 * advertising it is just a flag
4800 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4801 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4802 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4803 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4804 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4806 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4807 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4808 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4809 * but on the TCP payload only.
4810 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4811 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4812 */
4813enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4814 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4815 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4816 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4817 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4818 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4819 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4820 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4821 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4822 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4823 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4824 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4825 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4826
4827 /* keep last */
4828 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4829 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4830};
4831
4832/**
4833 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4834 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4835 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4836 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4837 *
4838 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4839 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4840 */
4841struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4842 __u32 max_rules;
4843 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4844 __u32 max_delay;
4845} __attribute__((packed));
4846
4847/**
4848 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4849 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4850 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4851 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4852 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4853 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4854 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4855 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4856 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4857 */
4858enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4859 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4860 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4861 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4862 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4863
4864 /* keep last */
4865 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4866 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4867};
4868
4869/**
4870 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4871 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4872 * in a rule are matched.
4873 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4874 * in a rule are not matched.
4875 */
4876enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4877 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4878 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4879};
4880
4881/**
4882 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4883 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4884 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4885 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4886 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4887 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4888 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4889 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4890 */
4891enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4892 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4893 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4894 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4895
4896 /* keep last */
4897 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4898 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4899};
4900
4901/**
4902 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4903 *
4904 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4905 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4906 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4907 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4908 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4909 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4910 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4911 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4912 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4913 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4914 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4915 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4916 * different channels may be used within this group.
4917 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4918 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4919 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4920 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4921 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4922 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4923 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4924 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4925 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4926 *
4927 * Examples:
4928 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4929 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4930 *
4931 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4932 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4933 *
4934 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4935 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4936 *
4937 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4938 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4939 *
4940 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
4941 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4942 * that any of these groups must match.
4943 *
4944 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4945 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4946 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4947 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4948 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4949 */
4950enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4951 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4952 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4953 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4954 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4955 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4956 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4957 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4958 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4959
4960 /* keep last */
4961 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4962 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4963};
4964
4965
4966/**
4967 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4968 *
4969 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4970 * state of non existent mesh peer links
4971 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4972 * this mesh peer
4973 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4974 * from this mesh peer
4975 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4976 * received from this mesh peer
4977 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4978 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4979 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4980 * plink are discarded
4981 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4982 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4983 */
4984enum nl80211_plink_state {
4985 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4986 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4987 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4988 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4989 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4990 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4991 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4992
4993 /* keep last */
4994 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4995 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4996};
4997
4998/**
4999 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5000 *
5001 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5002 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5003 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5004 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5005 */
5006enum plink_actions {
5007 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5008 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5009 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5010
5011 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5012};
5013
5014
5015#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5016#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5017#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5018
5019/**
5020 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5021 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5022 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5023 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5024 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5025 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5026 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5027 */
5028enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5029 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5030 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5031 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5032 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5033
5034 /* keep last */
5035 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5036 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5037};
5038
5039/**
5040 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5041 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5042 * Beacon frames)
5043 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5044 * in Beacon frames
5045 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5046 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5047 */
5048enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5049 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5050 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5051 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5052};
5053
5054/**
5055 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5056 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5057 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5058 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5059 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5060 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5061 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5062 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5063 */
5064enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5065 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5066 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5067 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5068
5069 /* keep last */
5070 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5071 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5072};
5073
5074/**
5075 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5076 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5077 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5078 * priority)
5079 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5080 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5081 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5082 * (internal)
5083 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5084 * (internal)
5085 */
5086enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5087 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5088 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5089 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5090 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5091
5092 /* keep last */
5093 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5094 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5095};
5096
5097/**
5098 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5099 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5100 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5101 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5102 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5103 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5104 */
5105enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5106 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5107 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5108 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5109 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5110 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5111};
5112
5113/*
5114 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5115 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5116 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5117enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5118};
5119 */
5120
5121/**
5122 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5123 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5124 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5125 * socket option.
5126 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5127 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5128 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5129 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5130 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5131 * cellular base stations.
5132 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5133 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5134 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5135 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5136 * mode
5137 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5138 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5139 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5140 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5141 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5142 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5143 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5144 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5145 * setting
5146 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5147 * powersave
5148 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5149 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5150 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5151 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5152 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5153 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5154 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5155 * states using station flags.
5156 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5157 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5158 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5159 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5160 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5161 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5162 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5163 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5164 * still generated by the driver.
5165 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5166 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5167 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5168 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5169 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5170 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5171 * lifetime of a BSS.
5172 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5173 * Set IE to probe requests.
5174 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5175 * to probe requests.
5176 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5177 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5178 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5179 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5180 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5181 * Measurement Report action frame.
5182 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5183 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5184 * to enable dynack.
5185 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5186 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5187 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5188 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5189 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5190 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5191 * rts/cts handshake.
5192 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5193 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5194 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5195 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5196 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5197 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5198 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5199 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5200 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5201 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5202 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5203 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5204 * address mask/value will be used.
5205 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5206 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5207 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5208 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5209 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5210 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5211 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5212 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5213 */
5214enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5215 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5216 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5217 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5218 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5219 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5220 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5221 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5222 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5223 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5224 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5225 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5226 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5227 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5228 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5229 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5230 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5231 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5232 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5233 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5234 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5235 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5236 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5237 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5238 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5239 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5240 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5241 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5242 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5243 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5244 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5245 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5246 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
5247};
5248
5249/**
5250 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5252 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5253 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5254 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5255 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5256 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5257 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5258 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5259 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5260 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5261 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5262 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5263 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5264 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5265 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5266 * (if available).
5267 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5268 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5269 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5270 * (if available).
5271 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5272 * channel dwell time.
5273 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5274 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5275 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5276 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5277 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5278 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5279 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5280 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5281 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5282 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5284 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5285 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5286 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5287 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5288 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5289 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5290 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5291 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5292 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5293 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5294 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5295 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5296 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5297 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5298 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5299 * be supported.
5300 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5301 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5302 * actual dwell time.
5303 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5304 * response
5305 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5306 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5307 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5308 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5310 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5311 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5312 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5313 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5314 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5315 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5316 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5317 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5318 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5319 * "radar detected" event.
5320 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5321 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5322 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5323 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5324 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5325 * TXQs.
5326 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5327 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5328 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5329 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5330 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5331 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5332 * timing measurement responder role.
5333 *
5334 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5335 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5336 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5337 * freeze the connection.
5338 *
5339 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5340 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5341 * scheduling.
5342 *
5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5344 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5345 *
5346 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5347 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5348 */
5349enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5363 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5364 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5365 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5366 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5367 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5368 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5369 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5370 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5371 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5372 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5373 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5374 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5375 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5376 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5377 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5378 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5379 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5380 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5381 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5382 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5383 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5384 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5385 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5386 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5387
5388 /* add new features before the definition below */
5389 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5390 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5391};
5392
5393/**
5394 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5395 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5396 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5397 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5398 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5399 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5400 * to the host.
5401 *
5402 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5403 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5404 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5405 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5406 */
5407enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5408 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5409 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5410 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5411 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5412};
5413
5414/**
5415 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5416 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5417 * handled by the AP is reached.
5418 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5419 */
5420enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5421 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5422 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5423};
5424
5425/**
5426 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5427 *
5428 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5429 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5430 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5431 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5432 */
5433enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5434 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5435 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5436 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5437 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5438};
5439
5440/**
5441 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5442 *
5443 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5444 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5445 * requests.
5446 *
5447 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5448 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5449 * one of them can be used in the request.
5450 *
5451 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5452 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5453 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5454 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5455 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5456 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5457 * when really needed
5458 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5459 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5460 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5461 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5462 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5463 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5464 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5465 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5466 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5467 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5468 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5469 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5471 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5472 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5473 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5474 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5475 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5476 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5477 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5478 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5479 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5480 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5481 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5482 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5483 * impacted with this flag.
5484 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5485 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5486 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5487 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5488 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5489 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5490 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5491 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5492 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5493 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5494 * possible.
5495 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5496 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5497 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5498 */
5499enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5500 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5501 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5502 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5503 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5504 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5505 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5506 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5507 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5508 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5509 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5510 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5511 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5512 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5513};
5514
5515/**
5516 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5517 *
5518 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5519 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5520 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5521 *
5522 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5523 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5524 * in ACL to authenticate.
5525 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5526 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5527 */
5528enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5529 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5530 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5531};
5532
5533/**
5534 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5535 *
5536 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5537 *
5538 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5539 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5540 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5541 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5542 */
5543enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5544 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5545 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5546 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5547
5548 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5549 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5550};
5551
5552/**
5553 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5554 *
5555 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5556 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5557 *
5558 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5559 * now unusable.
5560 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5561 * the channel is now available.
5562 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5563 * change to the channel status.
5564 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5565 * over, channel becomes usable.
5566 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5567 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5568 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5569 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5570 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5571 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5572 */
5573enum nl80211_radar_event {
5574 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5575 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5576 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5577 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5578 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5579 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5580};
5581
5582/**
5583 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5584 *
5585 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5586 *
5587 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5588 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5589 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5590 * is therefore marked as not available.
5591 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5592 */
5593enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5594 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5595 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5596 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5597};
5598
5599/**
5600 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5601 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5602 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5603 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5604 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5605 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5606 */
5607enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5608 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5609};
5610
5611/**
5612 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5613 *
5614 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5615 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5616 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5617 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5618 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5619 */
5620enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5621 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5622 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5623 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5624 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5625 /* add other protocols before this one */
5626 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5627};
5628
5629/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5630#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5631
5632/**
5633 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5634 *
5635 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5636 *
5637 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5638 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5639 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5640 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5641 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5642 */
5643enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5644 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5645 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5646};
5647
5648/*
5649 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5650 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5651 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5652 */
5653#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5654
5655/**
5656 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5657 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5658 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5659 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5660 * added to this file when needed.
5661 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5662 */
5663struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5664 __u32 vendor_id;
5665 __u32 subcmd;
5666};
5667
5668/**
5669 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5670 *
5671 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5672 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5673 *
5674 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5675 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5676 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5677 */
5678enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5679 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5680 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5681 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5682};
5683
5684/**
5685 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5686 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5687 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5688 * seconds (u32).
5689 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5690 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5691 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5692 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5693 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5694 * currently defined
5695 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5696 */
5697enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5698 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5699 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5700 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5701
5702 /* keep last */
5703 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5704 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5705 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5706};
5707
5708/**
5709 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5710 *
5711 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5712 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5713 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5714 */
5715struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5716 __u8 band;
5717 __s8 delta;
5718} __attribute__((packed));
5719
5720/**
5721 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5722 *
5723 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5724 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5725 * is requested.
5726 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5727 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5728 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5729 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5730 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5731 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5732 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5733 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5734 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5735 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5736 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5737 *
5738 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5739 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5740 * which the driver shall use.
5741 */
5742enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5743 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5744 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5745 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5746 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5747
5748 /* keep last */
5749 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5750 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5751};
5752
5753/**
5754 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5755 *
5756 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5757 *
5758 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5759 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5760 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5761 */
5762enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5763 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5764 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5765 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5766
5767 /* keep last */
5768 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5769 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5770};
5771
5772/**
5773 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5774 *
5775 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5776 *
5777 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5778 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5779 */
5780enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5781 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5782 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5783};
5784
5785/**
5786 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5787 *
5788 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5789 *
5790 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5791 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5792 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5793 */
5794enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5795 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5796 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5797 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5798};
5799
5800#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5801#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5802#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5803
5804/**
5805 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5806 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5808 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5809 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5810 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5811 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5812 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5813 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5814 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5815 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5816 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5817 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5818 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5819 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5820 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5821 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5822 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5823 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5824 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5825 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5826 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5827 * This is a flag.
5828 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5829 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5830 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5831 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5832 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5833 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5834 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5835 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5836 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5837 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5838 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5839 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5840 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5841 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5842 *
5843 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5844 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5845 */
5846enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5847 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5848 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5849 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5850 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5852 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5853 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5854 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5855 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5856 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5857 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5858 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5859 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5860 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5861 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5862 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5863 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5864
5865 /* keep last */
5866 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5867 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5868};
5869
5870/**
5871 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5872 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5873 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5874 * This is a flag.
5875 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5876 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5877 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5878 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5879 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5880 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5881 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5882 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5883 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5884 */
5885enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5886 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5887 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5888 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5889 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5890 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5891
5892 /* keep last */
5893 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5894 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5895};
5896
5897/**
5898 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5899 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5900 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5901 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5902 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5903 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5904 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5905 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5906 *
5907 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5908 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5909 */
5910enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5911 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5912 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5913 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5914
5915 /* keep last */
5916 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5917 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5918};
5919
5920/**
5921 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5922 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5923 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5924 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5925 */
5926enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5927 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5928 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5929};
5930
5931/**
5932 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
5933 * responder attributes
5934 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
5935 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
5936 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
5937 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
5938 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
5939 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
5940 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
5941 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
5942 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
5943 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
5944 */
5945enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
5946 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
5947
5948 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
5949 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
5950 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
5951
5952 /* keep last */
5953 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
5954 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
5955};
5956
5957/*
5958 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
5959 *
5960 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
5961 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
5962 *
5963 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5964 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
5965 * were ssfully answered (u32)
5966 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
5967 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
5968 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
5969 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
5970 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
5971 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
5972 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
5973 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
5974 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
5975 * phase with the responder (u32)
5976 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
5977 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
5978 * FTM slot (u32)
5979 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
5980 * scheduled window (u32)
5981 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
5982 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5983 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
5984 */
5985enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
5986 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
5987 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
5988 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
5989 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
5990 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
5991 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
5992 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
5993 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
5994 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
5995 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
5996 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
5997
5998 /* keep last */
5999 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6000 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6001};
6002
6003/**
6004 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6005 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6006 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6007 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6008 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6009 */
6010enum nl80211_preamble {
6011 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6012 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6013 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6014 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6015};
6016
6017/**
6018 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6019 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6020 * these numbers also for attributes
6021 *
6022 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6023 *
6024 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6025 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6026 */
6027enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6028 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6029
6030 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6031
6032 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6033 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6034};
6035
6036/**
6037 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6038 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6039 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6040 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6041 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6042 * reason may be available in the response data
6043 */
6044enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6045 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6046 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6047 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6048 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6049};
6050
6051/**
6052 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6053 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6054 *
6055 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6056 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6057 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6058 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6059 * (flag attribute)
6060 *
6061 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6062 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6063 */
6064enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6065 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6066
6067 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6068 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6069
6070 /* keep last */
6071 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6072 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6073};
6074
6075/**
6076 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6077 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6078 *
6079 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6080 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6081 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6082 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6083 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6084 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6085 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6086 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6087 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6088 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6089 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6090 * (u64, usec)
6091 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6092 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6093 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6094 * result.
6095 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6096 *
6097 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6098 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6099 */
6100enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6101 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6102
6103 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6104 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6105 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6106 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6107 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6108 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6109
6110 /* keep last */
6111 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6112 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6113};
6114
6115/**
6116 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6117 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6118 *
6119 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6120 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6121 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6122 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6123 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6124 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6125 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6126 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6127 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6128 *
6129 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6130 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6131 */
6132enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6133 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6134
6135 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6136 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6137 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6138 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6139
6140 /* keep last */
6141 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6142 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6143};
6144
6145/**
6146 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6147 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6148 *
6149 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6150 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6151 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6152 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6153 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6154 * measurement results
6155 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6156 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6157 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6158 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6159 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6160 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6162 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6163 * sub-attributes taken from
6164 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6165 *
6166 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6167 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6168 */
6169enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6170 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6171
6172 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6173 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6174 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6175 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6176 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6177
6178 /* keep last */
6179 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6180 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6181};
6182
6183/**
6184 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6185 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6186 *
6187 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6188 * is supported
6189 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6190 * mode is supported
6191 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6192 * data can be requested during the measurement
6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6194 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6195 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6196 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6198 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6199 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6200 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6201 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6202 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6203 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6204 * is valid)
6205 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6206 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6207 *
6208 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6209 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6210 */
6211enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6212 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6213
6214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6219 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6220 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6221 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6222
6223 /* keep last */
6224 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6225 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6226};
6227
6228/**
6229 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6230 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6231 *
6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6234 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6236 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6237 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6239 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6240 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6241 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6242 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6244 * requested per burst
6245 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6246 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6247 * (u8, default 3)
6248 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6249 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6250 * (flag)
6251 *
6252 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6253 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6254 */
6255enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6256 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6257
6258 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6259 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6260 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6261 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6262 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6263 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6264 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6265 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6266 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6267
6268 /* keep last */
6269 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6270 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6271};
6272
6273/**
6274 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6276 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6278 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6279 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6280 * try and get no response)
6281 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6282 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6283 * received
6284 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6285 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6286 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6287 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6288 */
6289enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6298};
6299
6300/**
6301 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6302 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6303 *
6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6305 * (u32, optional)
6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6307 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6308 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6309 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6310 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6312 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6313 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6314 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6316 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6317 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6318 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6319 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6320 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6322 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6323 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6324 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6326 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6327 * attributes)
6328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6329 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6331 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6333 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6335 * optional)
6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6337 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6339 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6342 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6343 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6344 * Type 8.
6345 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6346 * (binary, optional);
6347 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6348 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6349 * Type 11.
6350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6351 *
6352 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6354 */
6355enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6356 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6357
6358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6379
6380 /* keep last */
6381 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6383};
6384
6385#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
6386